ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.84
Committed: Fri Nov 5 22:28:54 2010 UTC (13 years, 6 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
CVS Tags: rel-4_01, rel-4_02
Changes since 1.83: +18 -14 lines
Log Message:
4.01

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.79 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.22 (Pod::Simple 3.07)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41     'br\}
42     .\"
43 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
44     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
45     .el .ds Aq '
46     .\"
47 root 1.1 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
48 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
49 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
50     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
51 root 1.60 .ie \nF \{\
52 root 1.1 . de IX
53     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
54     ..
55     . nr % 0
56     . rr F
57     .\}
58 root 1.60 .el \{\
59     . de IX
60     ..
61     .\}
62 root 1.1 .\"
63     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
64     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
65     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
66     .if n \{\
67     . ds #H 0
68     . ds #V .8m
69     . ds #F .3m
70     . ds #[ \f1
71     . ds #] \fP
72     .\}
73     .if t \{\
74     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
75     . ds #V .6m
76     . ds #F 0
77     . ds #[ \&
78     . ds #] \&
79     .\}
80     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
81     .if n \{\
82     . ds ' \&
83     . ds ` \&
84     . ds ^ \&
85     . ds , \&
86     . ds ~ ~
87     . ds /
88     .\}
89     .if t \{\
90     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
91     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
92     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
93     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
94     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
95     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
96     .\}
97     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
98     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
99     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
100     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
101     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
102     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
103     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
104     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
105     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
106     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
107     . \" corrections for vroff
108     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
109     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
110     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
111     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
112     \{\
113     . ds : e
114     . ds 8 ss
115     . ds o a
116     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
117     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
118     . ds th \o'bp'
119     . ds Th \o'LP'
120     . ds ae ae
121     . ds Ae AE
122     .\}
123     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
124     .\" ========================================================================
125     .\"
126 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
127 root 1.84 .TH LIBEV 3 "2010-11-03" "libev-4.01" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
128 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
129     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
130     .if n .ad l
131     .nh
132 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
133     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
134     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
135     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
136 root 1.28 .Vb 1
137 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
138 root 1.28 .Ve
139 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0"
140 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
141 root 1.61 .Vb 2
142 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
143     \& #include <ev.h>
144 root 1.60 \&
145 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
146     \&
147 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
148 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
149 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
150     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
151     \&
152     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
153     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
154     \& static void
155 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
156 root 1.68 \& {
157     \& puts ("stdin ready");
158     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
159     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
160     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
161     \&
162 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
163     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
164 root 1.68 \& }
165     \&
166     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
167     \& static void
168 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
169 root 1.68 \& {
170     \& puts ("timeout");
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& int
176     \& main (void)
177     \& {
178     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
179 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
180 root 1.68 \&
181     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
182     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
183     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
184     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
185     \&
186     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
187     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
188     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
189     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
190     \&
191     \& // now wait for events to arrive
192 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
193 root 1.68 \&
194     \& // unloop was called, so exit
195     \& return 0;
196     \& }
197 root 1.27 .Ve
198 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
199     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
200     This document documents the libev software package.
201     .PP
202 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
203 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
204 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
205 root 1.39 .PP
206 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
207     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
208     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
209     with libev.
210     .PP
211 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
212 root 1.78 throughout this document.
213 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
214     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
215     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
216     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
217     reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY\s0 \s-1OF\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0\*(R", then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0\*(R" above and
218     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL\s0 \s-1FUNCTIONS\s0\*(R" and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
219     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1TYPES\s0\*(R".
220 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
221     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
222 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
223 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
224 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
225     .PP
226     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
227     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
228     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
229     .PP
230     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
231     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
232     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
233     watcher.
234 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
235 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
236 root 1.31 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR, the
237     BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms
238     for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR interface
239 root 1.80 (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
240     inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
241     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
242     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
243     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
244     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
245     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
246     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
247 root 1.28 .PP
248     It also is quite fast (see this
249 root 1.79 <benchmark> comparing it to libevent
250 root 1.28 for example).
251 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
252 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
253 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
254     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
255     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
256     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
257     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
258 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
259 root 1.61 this argument.
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1TIME\s0 \s-1REPRESENTATION\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
262 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
263 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
264     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
265     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
266     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
267     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
268     .PP
269     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
270     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
271 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
272     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
273     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
274     and internal errors (bugs).
275     .PP
276     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
277 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
278 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
279     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
280     ()\*(C'\fR.
281     .PP
282     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
283     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
284     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
285     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
286     .PP
287     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
288     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
289     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
290 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
291     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
292     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
293     library in any way.
294     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
295     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
296 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
297     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
298 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
299     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_update_now\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
300 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
301     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
302 root 1.56 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked until
303     either it is interrupted or the given time interval has passed. Basically
304 root 1.68 this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
305 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
306     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
307     .PD 0
308     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
309     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
310     .PD
311 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
312 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
313     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
314     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
315     version of the library your program was compiled against.
316     .Sp
317 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
318     release version.
319 root 1.47 .Sp
320 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
321 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
322 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
323     not a problem.
324 root 1.9 .Sp
325 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
326 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
327     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
328 root 1.9 .Sp
329     .Vb 3
330 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
331     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
332     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
333 root 1.9 .Ve
334 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
335     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
336     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
337     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
338     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
339     a description of the set values.
340 root 1.9 .Sp
341     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
342     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
343     .Sp
344     .Vb 2
345 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
346     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
347 root 1.9 .Ve
348 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
349     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
350 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
351     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
352     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
353     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
354     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
355     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
356     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
357 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
358     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
359     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
360 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
361     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
362     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
363     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
364 root 1.10 .Sp
365     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
366 root 1.84 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size))" 4
367     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size))"
368 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
369 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
370     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
371     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
372     or take some potentially destructive action.
373     .Sp
374     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
375     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
376     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
377 root 1.1 .Sp
378     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
379     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
380     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
381 root 1.9 .Sp
382 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
383 root 1.64 retries (example requires a standards-compliant \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR).
384 root 1.9 .Sp
385     .Vb 6
386     \& static void *
387 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
388 root 1.9 \& {
389     \& for (;;)
390     \& {
391     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
392 root 1.60 \&
393 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
394     \& return newptr;
395 root 1.60 \&
396 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
397     \& }
398     \& }
399 root 1.60 \&
400 root 1.9 \& ...
401     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
402     .Ve
403 root 1.84 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg))" 4
404     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg))"
405 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
406 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
407     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
408 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
409 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
410     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
411     (such as abort).
412 root 1.9 .Sp
413 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
414 root 1.9 .Sp
415     .Vb 6
416     \& static void
417     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
418     \& {
419     \& perror (msg);
420     \& abort ();
421     \& }
422 root 1.60 \&
423 root 1.9 \& ...
424     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
425     .Ve
426 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
427     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
428     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
429     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
430     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
431 root 1.73 .PP
432     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
433 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
434     do not.
435 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
436     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
437 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
438     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
439     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
440     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
441     .Sp
442     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
443     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
444     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
445     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
446     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
447 root 1.1 .Sp
448     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
449 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
450 root 1.1 .Sp
451 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
452 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
453     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
454     threads anyway).
455     .Sp
456     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
457     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
458     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
459     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
460     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
461     .Sp
462     Example: This is the most typical usage.
463     .Sp
464     .Vb 2
465     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
466     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
467     .Ve
468     .Sp
469     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
470     environment settings to be taken into account:
471     .Sp
472     .Vb 1
473     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
474     .Ve
475     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
476     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
477     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
478     could not be initialised, returns false.
479 root 1.63 .Sp
480 root 1.82 Note that this function \fIis\fR thread-safe, and one common way to use
481     libev with threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the
482     default loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
483 root 1.60 .Sp
484 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
485 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
486 root 1.1 .Sp
487 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
488 root 1.1 .RS 4
489     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
490     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
491     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
492     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
493     thing, believe me).
494     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
495     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
496     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
497 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
498 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
499     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
500     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
501     useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, or to work
502     around bugs.
503 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
504     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
505     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
506 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
507     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
508 root 1.35 .Sp
509     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
510     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
511 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
512 root 1.61 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn sequence
513 root 1.68 without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux system also has
514 root 1.35 \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster).
515     .Sp
516     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
517     forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking) when you use this
518     flag.
519     .Sp
520 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
521 root 1.35 environment variable.
522 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
523     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
524     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
525     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
526 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
527 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
528     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
529 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
530     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
531     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
532     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
533 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
534 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
535     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
536     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
537     threads that are not interested in handling them.
538     .Sp
539     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
540     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
541     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
542 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
543     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
544     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
545 root 1.3 This is your standard \fIselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
546     libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
547     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
548 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
549 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
550 root 1.58 .Sp
551     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
552 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
553 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
554     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
555     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
556 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
557 root 1.71 .Sp
558     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
559     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
560     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
561 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
562     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
563     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
564 root 1.58 And this is your standard \fIpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
565     than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
566     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
567     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
568     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
569     performance tips.
570 root 1.71 .Sp
571     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
572     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
573 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
574     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
575     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
576 root 1.81 Use the linux-specific \fIepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
577     kernels).
578     .Sp
579 root 1.3 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select,
580 root 1.54 but it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale
581     like O(total_fds) where n is the total number of fds (or the highest fd),
582 root 1.73 epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
583     .Sp
584     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
585     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
586     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
587 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
588     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
589     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
590     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
591     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
592     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
593     and is of course hard to detect.
594 root 1.73 .Sp
595     Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work, but
596     of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for totally
597     \&\fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so one cannot
598     even remove them from the set) than registered in the set (especially
599     on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious notifications by
600     employing an additional generation counter and comparing that against the
601 root 1.82 events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set when required. Last
602     not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
603     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
604 root 1.3 .Sp
605 root 1.84 Epoll is truly the train wreck analog among event poll mechanisms.
606     .Sp
607 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
608 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
609     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
610     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
611     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
612     file descriptors.
613 root 1.58 .Sp
614     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
615 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
616     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
617     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
618 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
619     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
620     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
621 root 1.58 .Sp
622 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
623     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
624     the usage. So sad.
625     .Sp
626 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
627 root 1.58 all kernel versions tested so far.
628 root 1.71 .Sp
629     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
630     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
631 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
632     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
633     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
634 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
635     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
636     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
637     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
638     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
639     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
640     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
641     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
642     system like NetBSD.
643 root 1.3 .Sp
644 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
645     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
646     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
647     .Sp
648 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
649 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
650     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
651 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
652 root 1.73 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (but
653     sane, unlike epoll) and it drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect
654     cases
655 root 1.58 .Sp
656     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
657     .Sp
658     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
659     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
660     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
661     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
662 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
663     also broken on \s-1OS\s0 X)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
664 root 1.71 .Sp
665     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
666     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
667     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
668 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
669     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
670     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
671 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
672     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
673     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
674     immensely.
675 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
676     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
677     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
678 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
679 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
680 root 1.7 .Sp
681 root 1.68 Please note that Solaris event ports can deliver a lot of spurious
682 root 1.7 notifications, so you need to use non-blocking I/O or other means to avoid
683     blocking when no data (or space) is available.
684 root 1.58 .Sp
685     While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
686     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
687     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
688     might perform better.
689 root 1.60 .Sp
690 root 1.71 On the positive side, with the exception of the spurious readiness
691     notifications, this backend actually performed fully to specification
692     in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat among the
693 root 1.73 OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed hacks).
694 root 1.71 .Sp
695     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
696     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
697 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
698     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
699     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
700 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
701     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
702 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
703 root 1.58 .Sp
704     It is definitely not recommended to use this flag.
705 root 1.1 .RE
706     .RS 4
707 root 1.3 .Sp
708 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
709     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
710     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
711     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
712 root 1.8 .Sp
713 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
714 root 1.8 .Sp
715 root 1.82 .Vb 3
716     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
717     \& if (!epoller)
718     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
719 root 1.8 .Ve
720     .Sp
721 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
722 root 1.82 used if available.
723 root 1.8 .Sp
724     .Vb 1
725 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
726 root 1.8 .Ve
727 root 1.1 .RE
728 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
729     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
730     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
731 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
732     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
733 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
734 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
735 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
736 root 1.12 for example).
737 root 1.52 .Sp
738 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
739     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
740     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
741 root 1.52 .Sp
742 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
743     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
744     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
745     .Sp
746     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
747 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
748 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
749     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
750     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
751     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
752     This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations to
753     reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite the
754 root 1.60 name, you can call it anytime, but it makes most sense after forking, in
755 root 1.82 the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the
756     child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
757     .Sp
758     Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
759     a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
760     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
761     during fork.
762 root 1.60 .Sp
763     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
764 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
765     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
766     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
767     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
768     costly reset of the backend).
769 root 1.1 .Sp
770     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
771 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
772     .Sp
773     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
774     using pthreads.
775 root 1.1 .Sp
776 root 1.82 .Vb 5
777     \& static void
778     \& post_fork_child (void)
779     \& {
780     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
781     \& }
782     \&
783     \& ...
784     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
785 root 1.1 .Ve
786 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
787     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
788 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
789     otherwise.
790 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
791     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
792     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
793     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
794     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
795 root 1.37 .Sp
796     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
797     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
798 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
799     prepare and check phases.
800     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
801     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
802     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
803     times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited, in other words, the recursion depth.
804 root 1.79 .Sp
805 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
806     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
807 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
808     .Sp
809 root 1.82 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread
810     etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this as a hint to avoid such
811     ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really convenient.
812 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
813     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
814     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
815 root 1.1 use.
816     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
817     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
818     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
819 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
820     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
821     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
822 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
823 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
824     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
825     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
826     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
827 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
828 root 1.71 .Sp
829     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
830     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
831     the current time is a good idea.
832     .Sp
833     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
834 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
835     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
836     .PD 0
837     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
838     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
839     .PD
840 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
841     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
842 root 1.78 .Sp
843     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
844     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
845     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
846     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
847     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
848     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
849     .Sp
850     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
851     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
852     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
853 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
854 root 1.78 .Sp
855     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
856     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
857     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
858     .Sp
859     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
860     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
861 root 1.82 .IP "ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
862     .IX Item "ev_run (loop, int flags)"
863 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
864 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
865 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
866     the watcher callbacks, an then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
867     is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
868 root 1.1 .Sp
869 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
870     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
871     called.
872 root 1.1 .Sp
873 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
874 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
875 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
876     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
877     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
878     beauty.
879 root 1.9 .Sp
880 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
881     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
882     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
883     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
884     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
885 root 1.1 .Sp
886 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
887 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
888     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
889 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
890 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
891     iteration of the loop.
892     .Sp
893     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
894     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
895 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
896 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
897     .Sp
898 root 1.82 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does:
899 root 1.8 .Sp
900 root 1.60 .Vb 10
901 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
902     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
903 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
904 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
905     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
906 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
907 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
908 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
909 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
910     \& as to not disturb the other process.
911 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
912 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
913 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
914 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
915 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
916     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
917 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
918 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
919     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
920 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
921     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
922     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
923 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
924 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
925     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
926 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
927     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
928 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
929     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
930     \& continue with step LOOP.
931     \& FINISH:
932     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
933     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
934     \& \- Return.
935 root 1.2 .Ve
936 root 1.9 .Sp
937 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
938 root 1.9 anymore.
939     .Sp
940     .Vb 4
941     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
942     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
943 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
944 root 1.71 \& ... jobs done or somebody called unloop. yeah!
945 root 1.9 .Ve
946 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
947     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
948     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
949 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
950 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
951     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
952 root 1.60 .Sp
953 root 1.83 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared when entering \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again.
954 root 1.72 .Sp
955 root 1.83 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too.
956 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
957     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
958     .PD 0
959     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
960     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
961     .PD
962     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
963     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
964 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
965 root 1.71 .Sp
966 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
967 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
968 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
969     before stopping it.
970 root 1.71 .Sp
971 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
972 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
973 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
974     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
975     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
976     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
977     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
978     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
979     in the callback).
980 root 1.9 .Sp
981 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
982 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
983     .Sp
984     .Vb 4
985 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
986 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
987     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
988     \& evf_unref (loop);
989 root 1.9 .Ve
990     .Sp
991 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
992 root 1.9 .Sp
993     .Vb 2
994 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
995     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
996 root 1.9 .Ve
997 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
998     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
999 root 1.56 .PD 0
1000 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1001     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1002 root 1.56 .PD
1003     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1004 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1005     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1006     latency.
1007 root 1.56 .Sp
1008     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1009 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1010     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1011     opportunities).
1012     .Sp
1013     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1014     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1015     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1016 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1017     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1018     .Sp
1019     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1020     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1021     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1022 root 1.58 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will be not affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1023 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1024     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1025     once per this interval, on average.
1026 root 1.56 .Sp
1027     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1028     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1029 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1030     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1031     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1032 root 1.56 .Sp
1033 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1034 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1035     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1036     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1037 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1038     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1039     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1040     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1041 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1042 root 1.71 .Sp
1043     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1044     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1045     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1046     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1047     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1048     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1049 root 1.79 .Sp
1050     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1051     more often than 100 times per second:
1052     .Sp
1053     .Vb 2
1054     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1055     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1056     .Ve
1057     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1058     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1059     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1060 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1061     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1062     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1063     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1064     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1065     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1066 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1067     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1068     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1069     are pending.
1070     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1071     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1072     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1073 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1074 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1075     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1076     .Sp
1077     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1078     callback.
1079     .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1080     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P), void (*acquire)(EV_P))"
1081     Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1082     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1083     each call to a libev function.
1084     .Sp
1085 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1086     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1087     loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`av_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1088     \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1089 root 1.79 .Sp
1090     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1091     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1092     afterwards.
1093     .Sp
1094     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1095     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1096     .Sp
1097     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1098     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1099     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1100     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1101 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1102 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1103     .Sp
1104 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1105 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1106     .Sp
1107     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1108     document.
1109     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1110     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1111     .PD 0
1112     .IP "ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1113     .IX Item "ev_userdata (loop)"
1114     .PD
1115     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1116     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1117     \&\f(CW0.\fR
1118     .Sp
1119     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1120     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1121     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1122     any other purpose as well.
1123 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1124     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1125 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1126 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1127 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1128     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1129     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1130 root 1.67 .Sp
1131     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1132     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1133     data structures consistent.
1134 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1135     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1136 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1137     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1138     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1139     .PP
1140 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1141     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1142     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1143     for that:
1144 root 1.1 .PP
1145     .Vb 5
1146 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1147 root 1.68 \& {
1148     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1149 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1150 root 1.68 \& }
1151     \&
1152     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1153 root 1.73 \&
1154     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1155     \&
1156 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1157     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1158     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1159 root 1.73 \&
1160 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1161 root 1.1 .Ve
1162     .PP
1163     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1164 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1165     stack).
1166     .PP
1167     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1168     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1169 root 1.1 .PP
1170 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1171     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1172     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1173     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1174     and/or writable).
1175 root 1.1 .PP
1176 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1177     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1178     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1179 root 1.1 .PP
1180     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1181 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1182 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1183 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1184 root 1.1 .PP
1185     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1186     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1187 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1188 root 1.1 .PP
1189     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1190     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1191     third argument.
1192     .PP
1193     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1194     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1195     are:
1196     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1197     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1198     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1199     .PD 0
1200     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1201     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1202     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1203     .PD
1204     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1205     writable.
1206 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1207     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1208     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1209 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1210     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1211     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1212     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1213     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1214     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1215     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1216     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1217     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1218     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1219     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1220     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1221     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1222 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1223     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1224     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1225     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1226 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1227     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1228     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1229     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1230     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1231     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1232     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1233     .PD 0
1234     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1235     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1236     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1237     .PD
1238 root 1.82 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts
1239 root 1.1 to gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just after
1240 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it invokes any callbacks for any
1241 root 1.1 received events. Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as
1242     many watchers as they want, and all of them will be taken into account
1243     (for example, a \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep
1244 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from blocking).
1245 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1246     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1247     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1248     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1249     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1250     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1251     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1252     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1253     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1254 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1255     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1256     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1257     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1258 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1259     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1260     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1261     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1262 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1263     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1264     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1265     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1266     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1267 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1268     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1269     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1270 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1271 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1272     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1273 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1274     .Sp
1275     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1276     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1277     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1278     bug in your program.
1279 root 1.1 .Sp
1280 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1281     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1282     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1283     the error from \fIread()\fR or \fIwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1284     programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1285     thing, so beware.
1286 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1GENERIC\s0 \s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1FUNCTIONS\s0"
1287 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1288 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1289     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1290     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1291     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1292     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1293     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1294     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1295     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1296     which rolls both calls into one.
1297     .Sp
1298     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1299     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1300     .Sp
1301 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1302 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1303 root 1.71 .Sp
1304     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1305     .Sp
1306     .Vb 3
1307     \& ev_io w;
1308     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1309     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1310     .Ve
1311 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1312     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1313     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1314 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1315     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1316     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1317     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1318     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1319     .Sp
1320     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1321     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1322 root 1.71 .Sp
1323     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1324 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1325     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1326     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1327 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1328     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1329 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1330 root 1.71 .Sp
1331     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1332     .Sp
1333     .Vb 1
1334     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1335     .Ve
1336 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1337     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1338     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1339 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1340     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1341 root 1.71 .Sp
1342     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1343     whole section.
1344     .Sp
1345     .Vb 1
1346     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1347     .Ve
1348 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1349     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1350     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1351 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1352     the watcher was active or not).
1353     .Sp
1354     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1355     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1356     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1357     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1358     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1359 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1360     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1361     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1362     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1363     it.
1364     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1365     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1366     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1367     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1368     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1369 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1370     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1371     it).
1372 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1373     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1374 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1375     .IP "ev_cb_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1376     .IX Item "ev_cb_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1377     Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1378     (modulo threads).
1379 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1380     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1381 root 1.37 .PD 0
1382     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1383     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1384     .PD
1385     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1386     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1387     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1388     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1389     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1390     .Sp
1391     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1392     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1393     .Sp
1394 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1395     pending.
1396     .Sp
1397 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1398     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1399     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1400     .Sp
1401 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1402     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1403     .Sp
1404 root 1.78 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1PRIORITY\s0 \s-1MODELS\s0\*(R", below, for a more thorough treatment of
1405     priorities.
1406 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1407     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1408     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1409     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1410 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1411     callback.
1412 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1413     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1414 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1415     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1416 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1417 root 1.71 .Sp
1418     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1419     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1420 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1421     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1422     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1423     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1424     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1425     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1426     .Sp
1427     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1428     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1429     not started in the first place.
1430     .Sp
1431     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1432     functions that do not need a watcher.
1433 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING\s0 \s-1CUSTOM\s0 \s-1DATA\s0 \s-1WITH\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0"
1434 root 1.1 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
1435     Each watcher has, by default, a member \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR that you can change
1436 root 1.71 and read at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
1437 root 1.1 to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
1438     don't want to allocate memory and store a pointer to it in that data
1439     member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
1440     data:
1441     .PP
1442     .Vb 7
1443 root 1.68 \& struct my_io
1444     \& {
1445 root 1.73 \& ev_io io;
1446 root 1.68 \& int otherfd;
1447     \& void *somedata;
1448     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
1449 root 1.71 \& };
1450     \&
1451     \& ...
1452     \& struct my_io w;
1453     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
1454 root 1.1 .Ve
1455     .PP
1456     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
1457     can cast it back to your own type:
1458     .PP
1459     .Vb 5
1460 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
1461 root 1.68 \& {
1462     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
1463     \& ...
1464     \& }
1465 root 1.1 .Ve
1466     .PP
1467 root 1.29 More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback type
1468     instead have been omitted.
1469     .PP
1470 root 1.71 Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
1471     embedded watchers:
1472 root 1.29 .PP
1473     .Vb 6
1474 root 1.68 \& struct my_biggy
1475     \& {
1476     \& int some_data;
1477     \& ev_timer t1;
1478     \& ev_timer t2;
1479     \& }
1480 root 1.29 .Ve
1481     .PP
1482 root 1.71 In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
1483     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct
1484     in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies), or you need to use
1485     some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for real
1486     programmers):
1487 root 1.29 .PP
1488     .Vb 1
1489 root 1.68 \& #include <stddef.h>
1490 root 1.60 \&
1491 root 1.68 \& static void
1492 root 1.73 \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
1493 root 1.68 \& {
1494 root 1.79 \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
1495 root 1.68 \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
1496     \& }
1497     \&
1498     \& static void
1499 root 1.73 \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
1500 root 1.68 \& {
1501 root 1.79 \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
1502 root 1.68 \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
1503     \& }
1504 root 1.29 .Ve
1505 root 1.82 .SS "\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0"
1506     .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1507     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1508     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1509     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1510     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1511     .IP "initialiased" 4
1512     .IX Item "initialiased"
1513     Before a watcher can be registered with the event looop it has to be
1514     initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1515     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1516     .Sp
1517     In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for use
1518     in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at will.
1519     .IP "started/running/active" 4
1520     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1521     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1522     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1523     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1524     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1525     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1526     .IP "pending" 4
1527     .IX Item "pending"
1528     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1529     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1530     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1531     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1532     callback.
1533     .Sp
1534     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1535     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1536     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1537     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1538     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1539     previous item still apply.
1540     .Sp
1541     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1542     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1543     active.
1544     .IP "stopped" 4
1545     .IX Item "stopped"
1546     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1547     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1548     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1549     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1550     freeing it is often a good idea.
1551     .Sp
1552     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1553     initialised state, that is it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1554     you wish.
1555 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1PRIORITY\s0 \s-1MODELS\s0"
1556 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1557     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1558     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1559     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1560     .PP
1561     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1562     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1563     range.
1564     .PP
1565     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1566     by event loops:
1567     .PP
1568     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1569     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1570     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1571     .PP
1572     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1573     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1574     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1575     before polling for new events.
1576     .PP
1577     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1578     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1579     .PP
1580     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1581     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1582     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1583     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1584     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1585     priority ones.
1586     .PP
1587     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1588     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1589     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1590     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1591     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1592     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1593     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1594     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1595     always, what you want).
1596     .PP
1597     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1598     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1599     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1600     required.
1601     .PP
1602     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1603     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1604     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1605     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1606 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1607 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1608     workable.
1609     .PP
1610     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1611     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1612     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1613     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1614     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1615     .PP
1616     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1617     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1618     other events are pending:
1619     .PP
1620     .Vb 2
1621     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1622     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1623     \&
1624     \& static void
1625     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1626     \& {
1627     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1628     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1629     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1630     \&
1631 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1632 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1633     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1634     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1635     \& }
1636     \&
1637     \& static void
1638 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1639 root 1.78 \& {
1640     \& // actual processing
1641     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1642     \&
1643     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1644     \& // we have handled the event
1645     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1646     \& }
1647     \&
1648     \& // initialisation
1649     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1650     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1651     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1652     .Ve
1653     .PP
1654     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1655     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1656     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1657     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1658     important ones.
1659 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1660     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1661     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1662 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1663     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1664     .PP
1665     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1666     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1667     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1668     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1669     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1670     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1671     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1672     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1673 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1674     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1675 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1676 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1677 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1678     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1679     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1680     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1681     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1682     receive future events.
1683 root 1.1 .PP
1684     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1685     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1686     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1687     required if you know what you are doing).
1688     .PP
1689 root 1.71 If you cannot use non-blocking mode, then force the use of a
1690     known-to-be-good backend (at the time of this writing, this includes only
1691 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR). The same applies to file
1692     descriptors for which non-blocking operation makes no sense (such as
1693 root 1.82 files) \- libev doesn't guarantee any specific behaviour in that case.
1694 root 1.17 .PP
1695     Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1696 root 1.67 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is your callback might
1697 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1698     because there is no data. Not only are some backends known to create a
1699 root 1.68 lot of those (for example Solaris ports), it is very easy to get into
1700 root 1.17 this situation even with a relatively standard program structure. Thus
1701     it is best to always use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning
1702     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1703     .PP
1704 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1705     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1706     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1707     interface such as poll (fortunately in our Xlib example, Xlib already
1708     does this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1709     use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1710     indefinitely.
1711     .PP
1712     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1713 root 1.49 .PP
1714     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1715     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1716     .PP
1717 root 1.54 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file
1718 root 1.71 descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other means,
1719     such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some file
1720 root 1.49 descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop
1721     this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is
1722     registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in
1723     fact, a different file descriptor.
1724     .PP
1725     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1726     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1727     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1728     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1729     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1730     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1731     .PP
1732     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1733     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1734     optimisations to libev.
1735 root 1.50 .PP
1736 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1737     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1738 root 1.54 .PP
1739     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1740 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1741     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1742     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1743 root 1.54 .PP
1744 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1745     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1746 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1747     .PP
1748     \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1749     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1750     .PP
1751     Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR at all or exhibit
1752     useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about
1753     it in the child.
1754     .PP
1755     To support fork in your programs, you either have to call
1756     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child,
1757     enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or
1758     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1759     .PP
1760 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1761     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1762     .PP
1763 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1764     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1765     sent a \s-1SIGPIPE\s0, which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1766     this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1767 root 1.63 .PP
1768     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1769     ignore \s-1SIGPIPE\s0 (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1770     somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1771     .PP
1772 root 1.82 \fIThe special problem of \fIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1773     .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1774     .PP
1775     Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX\s0 \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1776     found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1777     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1778     .PP
1779     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1780     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1781     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1782     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1783     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1784     .PP
1785     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1786     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1787     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1788     cope with overload is known (to me).
1789     .PP
1790     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1791     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1792     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1793     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1794     .PP
1795     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1796     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1797     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1798     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1799     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1800     usage.
1801     .PP
1802     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1803     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1804     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1805     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1806     clients under typical overload conditions.
1807     .PP
1808     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1809     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1810     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1811     .PP
1812 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1813     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1814 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1815     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1816     .PD 0
1817     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1818     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1819     .PD
1820 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1821 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1822     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1823 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1824     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1825     The file descriptor being watched.
1826     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1827     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1828     The events being watched.
1829 root 1.9 .PP
1830 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1831     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1832     .PP
1833 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1834 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1835 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1836 root 1.9 .PP
1837     .Vb 6
1838 root 1.68 \& static void
1839 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1840 root 1.68 \& {
1841     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1842 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1843 root 1.68 \& }
1844     \&
1845     \& ...
1846     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1847 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1848 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1849     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1850 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1851 root 1.9 .Ve
1852 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1853     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1854 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1855 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1856     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1857     .PP
1858     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1859 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1860 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1861 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1862 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1863     .PP
1864 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1865 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1866     might introduce a small delay). If multiple timers become ready during the
1867     same loop iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked
1868 root 1.79 before ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is
1869 root 1.82 no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1870 root 1.71 .PP
1871 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1872     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1873     .PP
1874     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1875     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1876     you want to raise some error after a while.
1877     .PP
1878     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1879     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1880     .PP
1881     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
1882     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
1883     data or other life sign was received).
1884     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
1885     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
1886     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
1887     start the watcher:
1888     .Sp
1889     .Vb 2
1890     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
1891     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1892     .Ve
1893     .Sp
1894     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
1895     and start it again:
1896     .Sp
1897     .Vb 3
1898     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
1899     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
1900     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1901     .Ve
1902     .Sp
1903     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
1904     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
1905     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
1906     still not a constant-time operation.
1907     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
1908     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
1909     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
1910     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
1911     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
1912     .Sp
1913     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
1914     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
1915     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
1916     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
1917     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
1918     .Sp
1919     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
1920     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
1921     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
1922     .Sp
1923     At start:
1924     .Sp
1925     .Vb 3
1926 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
1927 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
1928     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1929     .Ve
1930     .Sp
1931     Each time there is some activity:
1932     .Sp
1933     .Vb 1
1934     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1935     .Ve
1936     .Sp
1937     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
1938     whether the watcher is active or not:
1939     .Sp
1940     .Vb 2
1941     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
1942     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1943     .Ve
1944     .Sp
1945     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
1946     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
1947     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
1948     .Sp
1949     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
1950     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
1951     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
1952     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
1953     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
1954     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
1955     associated activity resets.
1956     .Sp
1957     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
1958     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
1959     within the callback:
1960     .Sp
1961     .Vb 1
1962     \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
1963     \&
1964     \& static void
1965     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
1966     \& {
1967     \& ev_tstamp now = ev_now (EV_A);
1968     \& ev_tstamp timeout = last_activity + 60.;
1969     \&
1970     \& // if last_activity + 60. is older than now, we did time out
1971     \& if (timeout < now)
1972     \& {
1973 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
1974 root 1.73 \& }
1975     \& else
1976     \& {
1977     \& // callback was invoked, but there was some activity, re\-arm
1978     \& // the watcher to fire in last_activity + 60, which is
1979     \& // guaranteed to be in the future, so "again" is positive:
1980 root 1.74 \& w\->repeat = timeout \- now;
1981 root 1.73 \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ w);
1982     \& }
1983     \& }
1984     .Ve
1985     .Sp
1986     To summarise the callback: first calculate the real timeout (defined
1987     as \*(L"60 seconds after the last activity\*(R"), then check if that time has
1988     been reached, which means something \fIdid\fR, in fact, time out. Otherwise
1989     the callback was invoked too early (\f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is in the future), so
1990     re-schedule the timer to fire at that future time, to see if maybe we have
1991     a timeout then.
1992     .Sp
1993     Note how \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is used, taking advantage of the
1994     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR optimisation when the timer is already running.
1995     .Sp
1996     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
1997     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
1998     libev to change the timeout.
1999     .Sp
2000     To start the timer, simply initialise the watcher and set \f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR
2001     to the current time (meaning we just have some activity :), then call the
2002     callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start the timer:
2003     .Sp
2004     .Vb 3
2005 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
2006 root 1.73 \& last_activity = ev_now (loop);
2007 root 1.82 \& callback (loop, timer, EV_TIMER);
2008 root 1.73 .Ve
2009     .Sp
2010     And when there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2011     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2012     .Sp
2013     .Vb 1
2014 root 1.82 \& last_activity = ev_now (loop);
2015 root 1.73 .Ve
2016     .Sp
2017     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2018     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2019     .Sp
2020     Changing the timeout is trivial as well (if it isn't hard-coded in the
2021     callback :) \- just change the timeout and invoke the callback, which will
2022     fix things for you.
2023     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2024     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2025     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2026     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2027     do even better:
2028     .Sp
2029     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2030     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2031     .Sp
2032     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2033     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2034     .Sp
2035     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2036     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2037     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2038     .Sp
2039     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2040     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2041     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2042     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2043     .PP
2044     So which method the best?
2045     .PP
2046     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2047     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2048     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2049     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2050     .PP
2051     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2052     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2053     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2054     overkill :)
2055     .PP
2056 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2057     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2058     .PP
2059     Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes at
2060     least two system calls): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2061 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2062 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2063     lots of events in one iteration.
2064     .PP
2065 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2066     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2067 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2068 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2069     timeout on the current time, use something like this to adjust for this:
2070 root 1.1 .PP
2071     .Vb 1
2072 root 1.60 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + ev_now () \- ev_time (), 0.);
2073 root 1.1 .Ve
2074 root 1.2 .PP
2075 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2076     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2077     ()\*(C'\fR.
2078 root 1.50 .PP
2079 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2080     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2081     .PP
2082     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2083     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2084     .PP
2085     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2086     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2087     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2088     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2089     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2090     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2091     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2092     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2093     be adjusted accordingly.
2094     .PP
2095     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2096     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2097     .PP
2098     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2099     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2100     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2101     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2102     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2103     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2104     .PP
2105     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2106     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2107     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2108     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2109     .PP
2110 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2111     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2112 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2113     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2114     .PD 0
2115     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2116     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2117     .PD
2118 root 1.67 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds. If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2119     is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will automatically be stopped once the timeout is
2120     reached. If it is positive, then the timer will automatically be
2121     configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR seconds later, again, and again,
2122     until stopped manually.
2123     .Sp
2124     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2125     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2126     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2127     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2128     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2129 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2130     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2131 root 1.1 This will act as if the timer timed out and restart it again if it is
2132     repeating. The exact semantics are:
2133     .Sp
2134 root 1.34 If the timer is pending, its pending status is cleared.
2135 root 1.1 .Sp
2136 root 1.68 If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out).
2137 root 1.34 .Sp
2138     If the timer is repeating, either start it if necessary (with the
2139     \&\f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value), or reset the running timer to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value.
2140 root 1.1 .Sp
2141 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2142     usage example.
2143 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2144     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2145 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2146     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2147     the timeout value currently configured.
2148     .Sp
2149     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2150 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2151 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2152     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2153     too), and so on.
2154 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2155     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2156     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2157 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2158 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2159 root 1.9 .PP
2160 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2161     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2162     .PP
2163 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2164 root 1.9 .PP
2165     .Vb 5
2166 root 1.68 \& static void
2167 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2168 root 1.68 \& {
2169     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2170     \& }
2171     \&
2172 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2173 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2174     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2175 root 1.9 .Ve
2176     .PP
2177 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2178 root 1.9 inactivity.
2179     .PP
2180     .Vb 5
2181 root 1.68 \& static void
2182 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2183 root 1.68 \& {
2184     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2185     \& }
2186     \&
2187 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2188 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2189     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2190 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2191 root 1.68 \&
2192     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2193     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2194     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2195 root 1.9 .Ve
2196 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2197     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2198 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2199 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2200     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2201     .PP
2202 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2203     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2204     (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calender or clock). The
2205     difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2206     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2207     wrist-watch).
2208     .PP
2209     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2210     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2211     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2212     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2213     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2214     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2215     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2216     .PP
2217     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2218     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2219     other complicated rules. This cannot be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers, as
2220     those cannot react to time jumps.
2221 root 1.2 .PP
2222 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2223 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2224     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2225     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2226 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2227 root 1.50 .PP
2228     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2229     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2230 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2231     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2232 root 1.1 .PD 0
2233 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2234     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2235 root 1.1 .PD
2236 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2237 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2238 root 1.1 .RS 4
2239 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2240 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2241 root 1.60 .Sp
2242 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2243 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2244     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2245     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2246     this point in time.
2247 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2248 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2249 root 1.60 .Sp
2250 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2251 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2252     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2253     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2254 root 1.1 .Sp
2255 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2256 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2257     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2258 root 1.1 .Sp
2259     .Vb 1
2260     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2261     .Ve
2262     .Sp
2263     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2264 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2265 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2266     by 3600.
2267     .Sp
2268     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2269     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2270 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2271 root 1.46 .Sp
2272 root 1.78 For numerical stability it is preferable that the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value is near
2273 root 1.46 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR (the current time), but there is no range requirement for
2274 root 1.67 this value, and in fact is often specified as zero.
2275     .Sp
2276 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2277 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2278 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2279 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2280 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2281 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2282 root 1.60 .Sp
2283 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2284 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2285     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2286     current time as second argument.
2287     .Sp
2288 root 1.78 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback \s-1MUST\s0 \s-1NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2289     or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2290     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2291 root 1.67 .Sp
2292     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2293     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2294     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2295 root 1.1 .Sp
2296 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2297 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2298 root 1.1 .Sp
2299 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2300     \& static ev_tstamp
2301     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2302 root 1.1 \& {
2303     \& return now + 60.;
2304     \& }
2305     .Ve
2306     .Sp
2307     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2308     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2309     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2310     might be called at other times, too.
2311     .Sp
2312 root 1.67 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2313     equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2314 root 1.1 .Sp
2315     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2316 root 1.67 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate the
2317 root 1.1 next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for this. How
2318     you do this is, again, up to you (but it is not trivial, which is the main
2319     reason I omitted it as an example).
2320     .RE
2321     .RS 4
2322     .RE
2323     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2324     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2325     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2326     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2327     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2328     program when the crontabs have changed).
2329 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2330     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2331 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2332     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2333     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2334     rescheduling modes.
2335 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2336     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2337     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2338 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2339     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2340 root 1.46 .Sp
2341     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2342     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2343 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2344     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2345     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2346     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2347     called.
2348 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2349     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2350 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2351     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2352     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2353 root 1.9 .PP
2354 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2355     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2356     .PP
2357 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2358 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2359 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2360 root 1.9 .PP
2361     .Vb 5
2362 root 1.68 \& static void
2363 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2364 root 1.68 \& {
2365     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2366     \& }
2367     \&
2368 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2369 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2370     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2371 root 1.9 .Ve
2372     .PP
2373 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2374 root 1.9 .PP
2375     .Vb 1
2376 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2377 root 1.60 \&
2378 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2379 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2380 root 1.68 \& {
2381 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2382 root 1.68 \& }
2383 root 1.60 \&
2384 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2385 root 1.9 .Ve
2386     .PP
2387 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2388 root 1.9 .PP
2389     .Vb 4
2390 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2391 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2392     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2393     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2394 root 1.9 .Ve
2395 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2396     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2397 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2398 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2399     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2400 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2401 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2402     .PP
2403 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2404     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2405     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2406     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2407     .PP
2408     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2409     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2410     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2411     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2412     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2413 root 1.71 .PP
2414 root 1.80 When the first watcher gets started will libev actually register something
2415 root 1.71 with the kernel (thus it coexists with your own signal handlers as long as
2416 root 1.80 you don't register any with libev for the same signal).
2417     .PP
2418 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2419 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2420     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2421     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2422     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2423 root 1.61 .PP
2424 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2425     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2426     .PP
2427     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2428     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2429     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2430     and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler.
2431     .PP
2432     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2433     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2434     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2435     certain signals to be blocked.
2436     .PP
2437     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2438     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2439     choice usually).
2440     .PP
2441     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2442     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2443     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2444     .PP
2445     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2446     unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2447     the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2448     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2449     .PP
2450     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2451     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2452     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2453     .PP
2454 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2455     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2456 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2457     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2458     .PD 0
2459     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2460     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2461     .PD
2462     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2463     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2464 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2465     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2466     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2467 root 1.61 .PP
2468     \fIExamples\fR
2469     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2470     .PP
2471 root 1.72 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT\s0.
2472 root 1.61 .PP
2473     .Vb 5
2474 root 1.68 \& static void
2475 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2476 root 1.68 \& {
2477 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2478 root 1.68 \& }
2479     \&
2480 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2481 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2482 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2483 root 1.61 .Ve
2484 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2485     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2486 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2487 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2488 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2489     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2490     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2491     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2492     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2493 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2494     in the next callback invocation is not.
2495 root 1.61 .PP
2496     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2497 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2498 root 1.61 .PP
2499 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2500     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2501     libev)
2502     .PP
2503 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2504     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2505     .PP
2506     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2507 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2508     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2509 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2510     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2511     children, even ones not watched.
2512     .PP
2513     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2514     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2515     .PP
2516     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2517     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2518     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2519     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2520     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2521     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2522     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2523 root 1.50 .PP
2524 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2525     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2526     .PP
2527     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2528     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2529     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2530 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2531     problem).
2532 root 1.71 .PP
2533 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2534     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2535 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2536     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2537 root 1.1 .PD 0
2538 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2539     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2540 root 1.1 .PD
2541     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2542     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2543     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2544     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2545     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2546 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2547     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2548     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2549 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2550     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2551     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2552     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2553     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2554     The process id that detected a status change.
2555     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2556     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2557     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2558     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2559 root 1.9 .PP
2560 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2561     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2562     .PP
2563 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2564     its completion.
2565 root 1.9 .PP
2566 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2567 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2568 root 1.61 \&
2569 root 1.68 \& static void
2570 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2571 root 1.68 \& {
2572     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2573     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2574     \& }
2575     \&
2576     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2577     \&
2578     \& if (pid < 0)
2579     \& // error
2580     \& else if (pid == 0)
2581     \& {
2582     \& // the forked child executes here
2583     \& exit (1);
2584     \& }
2585     \& else
2586     \& {
2587     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2588     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2589     \& }
2590 root 1.9 .Ve
2591 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2592     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2593 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2594 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2595 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2596     and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback if
2597     it did.
2598 root 1.22 .PP
2599     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2600 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2601     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2602     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2603     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2604     contents.
2605 root 1.22 .PP
2606 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2607     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2608     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2609     .PP
2610     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2611     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2612     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2613     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2614     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2615     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2616     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2617     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2618 root 1.22 .PP
2619     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2620     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2621 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2622 root 1.22 .PP
2623 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2624 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2625     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2626     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2627 root 1.50 .PP
2628 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2629     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2630     .PP
2631     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2632 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2633     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2634 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2635     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2636     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2637     obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI\s0, but the problem is
2638 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2639 root 1.69 .PP
2640     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2641     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2642     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2643     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2644     default compilation environment.
2645 root 1.63 .PP
2646 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2647     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2648 root 1.59 .PP
2649 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2650     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2651     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2652     watcher is being started.
2653 root 1.59 .PP
2654 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2655 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2656 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2657 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2658 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2659     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2660     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2661     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2662 root 1.59 .PP
2663 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2664 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2665 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2666     etc. is difficult.
2667 root 1.59 .PP
2668 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2669     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2670     .PP
2671     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2672     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2673     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2674     .PP
2675     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2676     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2677 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2678 root 1.74 watcher).
2679     .PP
2680     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2681     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2682     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2683     .PP
2684     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2685     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2686     .PP
2687 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2688     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2689     .PP
2690 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2691     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2692     still only support whole seconds.
2693 root 1.59 .PP
2694 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2695     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2696     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2697 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2698     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2699 root 1.65 .PP
2700     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2701 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2702 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2703     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2704     .PP
2705     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2706     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2707     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2708     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2709     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2710     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2711     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2712     the timer callback).
2713 root 1.59 .PP
2714 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2715     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2716 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2717     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2718     .PD 0
2719     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2720     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2721     .PD
2722     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2723     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2724     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2725     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2726     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2727     .Sp
2728 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2729     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2730     last change was detected).
2731 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2732     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2733 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2734 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2735     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2736     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2737     new values.
2738 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2739     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2740 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2741 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
2742 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
2743     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
2744     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
2745 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
2746     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
2747     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
2748 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
2749     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
2750     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
2751 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
2752     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
2753     The specified interval.
2754     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
2755     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
2756 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
2757 root 1.22 .PP
2758 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
2759     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2760     .PP
2761 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
2762     .PP
2763 root 1.60 .Vb 10
2764 root 1.68 \& static void
2765     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
2766     \& {
2767     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
2768     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
2769     \& {
2770     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
2771     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2772     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2773     \& }
2774     \& else
2775     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
2776     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
2777     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
2778     \& }
2779 root 1.60 \&
2780 root 1.68 \& ...
2781     \& ev_stat passwd;
2782 root 1.60 \&
2783 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2784     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2785 root 1.22 .Ve
2786 root 1.59 .PP
2787     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
2788     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
2789     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
2790     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
2791     .PP
2792     .Vb 2
2793 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
2794     \& static ev_timer timer;
2795 root 1.60 \&
2796 root 1.68 \& static void
2797     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2798     \& {
2799     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
2800     \&
2801     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
2802     \& }
2803     \&
2804     \& static void
2805     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
2806     \& {
2807     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
2808     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
2809     \& }
2810     \&
2811     \& ...
2812     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2813     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2814     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
2815 root 1.59 .Ve
2816 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2817     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2818 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
2819 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
2820 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
2821     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
2822 root 1.37 .PP
2823     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
2824     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
2825     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
2826     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
2827     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
2828     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
2829 root 1.1 .PP
2830     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
2831     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
2832     .PP
2833     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
2834     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
2835 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
2836 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
2837 root 1.50 .PP
2838     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2839     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2840 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
2841     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
2842 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
2843     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
2844     believe me.
2845 root 1.9 .PP
2846 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2847     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2848     .PP
2849 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
2850     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
2851 root 1.9 .PP
2852     .Vb 7
2853 root 1.68 \& static void
2854 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
2855 root 1.68 \& {
2856     \& free (w);
2857     \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
2858     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
2859     \& }
2860     \&
2861 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
2862 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
2863 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
2864 root 1.9 .Ve
2865 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
2866     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
2867 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
2868 root 1.71 Prepare and check watchers are usually (but not always) used in pairs:
2869 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
2870     afterwards.
2871     .PP
2872 root 1.82 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or similar functions that enter
2873 root 1.20 the current event loop from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR
2874     watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine, however. The
2875     rationale behind this is that you do not need to check for recursion in
2876     those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking,
2877     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each kind they will always be
2878     called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
2879     .PP
2880 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
2881 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
2882 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
2883 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
2884     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
2885     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
2886     watcher).
2887 root 1.1 .PP
2888 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
2889     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
2890     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
2891     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
2892     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
2893     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
2894     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
2895     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
2896 root 1.1 .PP
2897     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
2898     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
2899     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
2900     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
2901     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
2902     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
2903     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
2904     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
2905 root 1.45 .PP
2906     It is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR)
2907     priority, to ensure that they are being run before any other watchers
2908 root 1.71 after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers).
2909     .PP
2910     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
2911     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
2912     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
2913     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
2914     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
2915     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
2916     others).
2917 root 1.50 .PP
2918     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2919     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2920 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
2921     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
2922     .PD 0
2923     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
2924     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
2925     .PD
2926     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
2927     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
2928 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
2929     pointless.
2930 root 1.9 .PP
2931 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2932     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2933     .PP
2934 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
2935     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
2936     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
2937 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
2938     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
2939     Glib event loop).
2940 root 1.44 .PP
2941     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
2942     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
2943     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
2944     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
2945     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
2946 root 1.20 .PP
2947     .Vb 2
2948 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
2949     \& static ev_timer tw;
2950     \&
2951     \& static void
2952 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
2953 root 1.68 \& {
2954     \& }
2955     \&
2956     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
2957     \& static void
2958 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
2959 root 1.68 \& {
2960     \& int timeout = 3600000;
2961     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
2962     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
2963     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
2964     \&
2965     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
2966 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
2967 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
2968 root 1.60 \&
2969 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
2970     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
2971     \& {
2972     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
2973     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
2974     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
2975     \&
2976     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
2977     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
2978     \& }
2979     \& }
2980     \&
2981     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
2982     \& static void
2983 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
2984 root 1.68 \& {
2985     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
2986     \&
2987     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
2988     \& {
2989     \& // set the relevant poll flags
2990     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
2991     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
2992     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
2993     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
2994     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
2995 root 1.60 \&
2996 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
2997     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
2998     \& }
2999     \&
3000     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3001     \& }
3002 root 1.20 .Ve
3003 root 1.44 .PP
3004     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3005     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3006     .PP
3007     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3008 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3009 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3010     .PP
3011     .Vb 5
3012 root 1.68 \& static void
3013     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3014     \& {
3015     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3016     \& update_now (EV_A);
3017     \&
3018     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3019     \& }
3020     \&
3021     \& static void
3022     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3023     \& {
3024     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3025     \& update_now (EV_A);
3026 root 1.60 \&
3027 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3028     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3029     \& }
3030     \&
3031     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3032 root 1.44 .Ve
3033     .PP
3034     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3035 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3036     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3037     main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV\s0. The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3038     this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3039     libglib event loop.
3040 root 1.44 .PP
3041     .Vb 4
3042 root 1.68 \& static gint
3043     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3044     \& {
3045     \& int got_events = 0;
3046     \&
3047     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3048     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3049     \&
3050     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3051     \& // create/start timer
3052     \&
3053     \& // poll
3054 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3055 root 1.68 \&
3056     \& // stop timer again
3057     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3058     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3059 root 1.60 \&
3060 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3061     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3062     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3063     \&
3064     \& return got_events;
3065     \& }
3066 root 1.44 .Ve
3067 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3068     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3069 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3070 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3071 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3072     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3073 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3074 root 1.10 .PP
3075     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3076     prioritise I/O.
3077     .PP
3078     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3079     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3080     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3081 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3082     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3083     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3084     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3085     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3086     .PP
3087     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3088     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3089     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3090     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3091     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3092 root 1.10 .PP
3093 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3094     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3095     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3096     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3097     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3098     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3099     .PP
3100     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3101     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3102     .PP
3103     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3104     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3105     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3106     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3107 root 1.10 .PP
3108 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3109 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3110     portable one.
3111     .PP
3112     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3113     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3114     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3115 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3116 root 1.50 .PP
3117 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3118     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3119     .PP
3120     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3121     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3122     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3123     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3124     as applicable.
3125     .PP
3126 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3127     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3128 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3129     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3130 root 1.10 .PD 0
3131 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3132     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3133 root 1.10 .PD
3134 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3135     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3136     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3137     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3138 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3139 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3140     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3141     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3142 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3143 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3144 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3145     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3146 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3147 root 1.60 .PP
3148     \fIExamples\fR
3149     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3150     .PP
3151     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3152     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3153 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3154     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3155 root 1.60 used).
3156     .PP
3157     .Vb 3
3158 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3159     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3160 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3161 root 1.68 \&
3162     \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3163     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3164     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3165     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3166     \& : 0;
3167     \&
3168     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3169     \& if (loop_lo)
3170     \& {
3171     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3172     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3173     \& }
3174     \& else
3175     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3176 root 1.60 .Ve
3177     .PP
3178     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3179     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3180     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3181     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3182     .PP
3183     .Vb 3
3184 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3185     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3186 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3187 root 1.68 \&
3188     \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3189     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3190     \& {
3191     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3192     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3193     \& }
3194 root 1.60 \&
3195 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3196     \& loop_socket = loop;
3197 root 1.60 \&
3198 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3199 root 1.60 .Ve
3200 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3201     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3202 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3203     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3204     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3205     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the
3206     event loop blocks next and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called,
3207     and only in the child after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling
3208     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats and calls it in the wrong process, the fork
3209     handlers will be invoked, too, of course.
3210 root 1.51 .PP
3211 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3212     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3213     .PP
3214 root 1.82 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3215 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3216     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3217     .PP
3218     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3219     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3220     fork.
3221     .PP
3222     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3223     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3224     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3225     .PP
3226     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3227     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3228     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3229     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3230     .PP
3231     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3232     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3233     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3234     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3235     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3236     signal watchers).
3237     .PP
3238     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3239     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3240 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3241     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3242     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3243     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3244     signal watchers.
3245 root 1.78 .PP
3246 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3247     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3248 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3249     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3250 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3251     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3252 root 1.82 really.
3253     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3254     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3255     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3256     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3257     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3258     .PP
3259     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3260     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3261     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3262     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3263     .PP
3264     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3265     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3266     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3267     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3268     .PP
3269     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3270     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3271     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3272     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3273     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3274     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3275     pointless, I assure you.
3276     .PP
3277     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3278     cleanup functions are called.
3279     .PP
3280     .Vb 5
3281     \& static void
3282     \& program_exits (void)
3283     \& {
3284     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3285     \& }
3286     \&
3287     \& ...
3288     \& atexit (program_exits);
3289     .Ve
3290     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3291     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3292     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3293     In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3294 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3295     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3296     .PP
3297 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3298     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3299     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3300     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3301 root 1.61 .PP
3302     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3303     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3304     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3305     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_sent\*(C'\fR calls).
3306     .PP
3307     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR works with any event loop, not
3308     just the default loop.
3309     .PP
3310     \fIQueueing\fR
3311     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3312     .PP
3313     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3314     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3315     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3316 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3317     semantics.
3318 root 1.61 .PP
3319     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3320 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3321 root 1.61 queue:
3322     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3323     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3324     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3325 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3326     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3327 root 1.61 .Sp
3328     .Vb 1
3329     \& static ev_async mysig;
3330     \&
3331     \& static void
3332     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3333     \& {
3334     \& sometype data;
3335     \&
3336     \& // no locking etc.
3337     \& queue_put (data);
3338     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3339     \& }
3340     \&
3341     \& static void
3342     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3343     \& {
3344     \& sometype data;
3345     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3346     \&
3347     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3348     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3349     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3350     \&
3351     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3352     \& process (data);
3353     \&
3354     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3355     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3356     \& }
3357     .Ve
3358     .Sp
3359     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3360     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3361     either...).
3362     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3363     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3364     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3365     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3366     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3367     .Sp
3368     .Vb 2
3369     \& static ev_async mysig;
3370     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3371     \&
3372     \& static void
3373     \& otherthread (void)
3374     \& {
3375     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3376     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3377     \& queue_put (data);
3378     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3379     \&
3380     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3381     \& }
3382     \&
3383     \& static void
3384     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3385     \& {
3386     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3387     \&
3388     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3389     \& process (data);
3390     \&
3391     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3392     \& }
3393     .Ve
3394     .PP
3395     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3396     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3397     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3398     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3399     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3400 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3401 root 1.71 trust me.
3402 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3403     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3404     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3405     an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop. Unlike
3406 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads, signal or
3407 root 1.68 similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the embedding
3408 root 1.61 section below on what exactly this means).
3409     .Sp
3410 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3411     compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at this
3412     is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered, set on \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR,
3413     reset when the event loop detects that).
3414     .Sp
3415     This call incurs the overhead of a system call only once per event loop
3416     iteration, so while the overhead might be noticeable, it doesn't apply to
3417     repeated calls to \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR for the same event loop.
3418 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3419     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3420     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3421     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3422     event loop.
3423     .Sp
3424     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3425     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3426     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3427 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3428 root 1.63 .Sp
3429 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3430     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3431     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3432     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3433 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3434     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3435     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3436     .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)" 4
3437     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)"
3438     This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3439 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3440 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3441     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3442     more watchers yourself.
3443     .Sp
3444 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3445     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3446     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3447 root 1.1 .Sp
3448     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3449     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3450 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3451 root 1.1 .Sp
3452 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3453 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3454 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3455 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3456     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3457     events precedence.
3458     .Sp
3459     Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0.
3460 root 1.1 .Sp
3461     .Vb 7
3462 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3463     \& {
3464 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3465     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3466 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3467 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3468     \& }
3469 root 1.60 \&
3470 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3471 root 1.1 .Ve
3472 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3473     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3474 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3475     the given events it.
3476 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3477     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3478 root 1.68 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred (\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR must be the default
3479 root 1.11 loop!).
3480 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
3481     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
3482     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
3483     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
3484 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
3485     Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
3486     .IP "\(bu" 4
3487     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
3488     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
3489     .IP "\(bu" 4
3490     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
3491     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
3492     it a private \s-1API\s0).
3493     .IP "\(bu" 4
3494     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
3495     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
3496     is an ev_pri field.
3497     .IP "\(bu" 4
3498 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
3499     first base created (== the default loop) gets the signals.
3500     .IP "\(bu" 4
3501 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
3502     .IP "\(bu" 4
3503     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
3504     to use the libev header file and library.
3505 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
3506     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
3507 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
3508 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
3509 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
3510     .PP
3511     To use it,
3512     .PP
3513     .Vb 1
3514 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
3515 root 1.13 .Ve
3516     .PP
3517 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
3518     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
3519     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
3520     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
3521     .PP
3522 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
3523     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
3524     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
3525     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
3526 root 1.41 .PP
3527 root 1.42 Currently, functions, and static and non-static member functions can be
3528 root 1.41 used as callbacks. Other types should be easy to add as long as they only
3529     need one additional pointer for context. If you need support for other
3530     types of functors please contact the author (preferably after implementing
3531     it).
3532 root 1.13 .PP
3533     Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
3534 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
3535 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
3536     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
3537     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
3538     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
3539 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
3540 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
3541     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
3542     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
3543 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
3544 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
3545     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
3546     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
3547     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
3548     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
3549     defines by many implementations.
3550     .Sp
3551     All of those classes have these methods:
3552     .RS 4
3553 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
3554     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
3555 root 1.13 .PD 0
3556 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
3557     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
3558 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
3559     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
3560     .PD
3561 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
3562     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
3563     .Sp
3564     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
3565     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
3566     .Sp
3567     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
3568     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
3569     .Sp
3570     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
3571     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
3572 root 1.13 .Sp
3573     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
3574 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
3575     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
3576     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
3577     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
3578     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
3579     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
3580     .Sp
3581     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
3582     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
3583     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
3584     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
3585     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
3586     .Sp
3587     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
3588     .Sp
3589     .Vb 4
3590 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
3591     \& {
3592     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
3593     \& }
3594     \&
3595     \& myclass obj;
3596     \& ev::io iow;
3597     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
3598 root 1.41 .Ve
3599 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
3600     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
3601     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
3602     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
3603     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
3604     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
3605     list.
3606     .Sp
3607     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
3608     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
3609     .Sp
3610     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
3611     .Sp
3612     Example: use a functor object as callback.
3613     .Sp
3614     .Vb 7
3615     \& struct myfunctor
3616     \& {
3617     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
3618     \& {
3619     \& ...
3620     \& }
3621     \& }
3622     \&
3623     \& myfunctor f;
3624     \&
3625     \& ev::io w;
3626     \& w.set (&f);
3627     .Ve
3628 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
3629     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
3630 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
3631     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
3632     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
3633     .Sp
3634 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
3635     .Sp
3636 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
3637 root 1.43 .Sp
3638 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
3639 root 1.43 .Sp
3640     .Vb 2
3641 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
3642     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
3643 root 1.43 .Ve
3644 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
3645     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
3646 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
3647     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
3648 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
3649     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
3650 root 1.82 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR, with the same arguments. Either this
3651     method or a suitable start method must be called at least once. Unlike the
3652     C counterpart, an active watcher gets automatically stopped and restarted
3653     when reconfiguring it with this method.
3654 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
3655     .IX Item "w->start ()"
3656 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
3657     constructor already stores the event loop.
3658 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
3659     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
3660     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
3661     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
3662     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
3663 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
3664     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
3665     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
3666 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
3667 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
3668     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
3669 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
3670     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
3671 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
3672     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
3673     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
3674 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
3675 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
3676     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
3677     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
3678 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
3679 root 1.13 .RE
3680     .RS 4
3681     .RE
3682     .PP
3683 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
3684     watchers in the constructor.
3685 root 1.13 .PP
3686 root 1.82 .Vb 5
3687 root 1.68 \& class myclass
3688     \& {
3689 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
3690 root 1.82 \& ev::io2 io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
3691 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
3692 root 1.68 \&
3693     \& myclass (int fd)
3694     \& {
3695     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
3696 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
3697 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
3698     \&
3699 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
3700     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
3701     \&
3702     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
3703 root 1.68 \& }
3704     \& };
3705 root 1.13 .Ve
3706 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
3707     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
3708     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
3709 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
3710 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
3711     me a note.
3712     .IP "Perl" 4
3713     .IX Item "Perl"
3714     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
3715     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
3716     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
3717 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
3718     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
3719     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
3720 root 1.62 .Sp
3721 root 1.68 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN\s0, its homepage is at
3722 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
3723 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
3724     .IX Item "Python"
3725     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
3726 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
3727 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
3728     .IX Item "Ruby"
3729     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
3730 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
3731 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
3732     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
3733 root 1.75 .Sp
3734     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
3735     makes rev work even on mingw.
3736 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
3737     .IX Item "Haskell"
3738     A haskell binding to libev is available at
3739     <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
3740 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
3741     .IX Item "D"
3742     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
3743 root 1.71 be found at <http://proj.llucax.com.ar/wiki/evd>.
3744 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
3745     .IX Item "Ocaml"
3746     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
3747     <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
3748 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
3749     .IX Item "Lua"
3750 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
3751     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
3752 root 1.80 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
3753 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
3754     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
3755 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
3756 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
3757     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
3758 root 1.24 .PP
3759     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
3760     following macros are defined:
3761 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
3762 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
3763     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
3764     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
3765     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
3766     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
3767     .Sp
3768     .Vb 3
3769 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
3770     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
3771 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3772 root 1.24 .Ve
3773     .Sp
3774     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
3775     which is often provided by the following macro.
3776 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
3777 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
3778     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
3779     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
3780     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
3781     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
3782     .Sp
3783     .Vb 2
3784 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
3785     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
3786 root 1.60 \&
3787 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
3788     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3789 root 1.24 .Ve
3790     .Sp
3791     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
3792     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
3793 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
3794 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
3795     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
3796     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
3797     loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R").
3798 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
3799 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
3800     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
3801     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
3802     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
3803     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
3804     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
3805     .Sp
3806     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
3807     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
3808 root 1.24 .PP
3809 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
3810 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
3811 root 1.36 or not.
3812 root 1.24 .PP
3813     .Vb 5
3814 root 1.68 \& static void
3815     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3816     \& {
3817     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
3818     \& }
3819     \&
3820     \& ev_check check;
3821     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
3822     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
3823 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
3824 root 1.24 .Ve
3825 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
3826     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
3827     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
3828     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
3829     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
3830 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
3831 root 1.14 .PP
3832 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
3833 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
3834     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
3835     libev somewhere in your source tree).
3836 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
3837 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
3838     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
3839 root 1.68 in your application.
3840 root 1.14 .PP
3841     \fI\s-1CORE\s0 \s-1EVENT\s0 \s-1LOOP\s0\fR
3842     .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
3843     .PP
3844     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
3845     configuration (no autoconf):
3846     .PP
3847     .Vb 2
3848 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
3849     \& #include "ev.c"
3850 root 1.14 .Ve
3851     .PP
3852     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
3853     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
3854     it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API\s0 (best
3855     done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
3856     where you can put other configuration options):
3857     .PP
3858     .Vb 2
3859 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
3860     \& #include "ev.h"
3861 root 1.14 .Ve
3862     .PP
3863     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
3864 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
3865 root 1.14 as a bug).
3866     .PP
3867     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
3868     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
3869     .PP
3870     .Vb 4
3871 root 1.68 \& ev.h
3872     \& ev.c
3873     \& ev_vars.h
3874     \& ev_wrap.h
3875     \&
3876     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
3877     \&
3878     \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled (which is enabled by default)
3879     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
3880     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
3881     \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled (disabled by default)
3882     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled (disabled by default)
3883 root 1.14 .Ve
3884     .PP
3885     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
3886 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
3887 root 1.14 .PP
3888     \fI\s-1LIBEVENT\s0 \s-1COMPATIBILITY\s0 \s-1API\s0\fR
3889     .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
3890     .PP
3891     To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API\s0, also include:
3892     .PP
3893     .Vb 1
3894 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
3895 root 1.14 .Ve
3896     .PP
3897     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
3898     .PP
3899     .Vb 1
3900 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
3901 root 1.14 .Ve
3902     .PP
3903     in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API\s0. This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
3904     .PP
3905     You need the following additional files for this:
3906     .PP
3907     .Vb 2
3908 root 1.68 \& event.h
3909     \& event.c
3910 root 1.14 .Ve
3911     .PP
3912     \fI\s-1AUTOCONF\s0 \s-1SUPPORT\s0\fR
3913     .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
3914     .PP
3915 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
3916 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
3917 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
3918     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
3919 root 1.14 .PP
3920     For this of course you need the m4 file:
3921     .PP
3922     .Vb 1
3923 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
3924 root 1.14 .Ve
3925 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
3926 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
3927 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
3928 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
3929     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
3930     .PP
3931     Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI\s0, and can have different
3932     values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
3933     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
3934     to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI\s0, which means all
3935     users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
3936     settings.
3937     .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3\s0 (h)" 4
3938     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
3939     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
3940     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
3941     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
3942     .Sp
3943     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
3944     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
3945     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
3946     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
3947     typedef in that case.
3948     .Sp
3949     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
3950     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
3951     removed completely.
3952     .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE\s0 (h)" 4
3953     .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
3954 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
3955     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
3956     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
3957     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
3958     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
3959 root 1.75 .Sp
3960 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
3961 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
3962 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
3963     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
3964     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
3965 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
3966     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
3967     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
3968     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
3969 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
3970 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
3971 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
3972     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
3973     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
3974 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
3975     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
3976     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
3977     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
3978     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
3979     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
3980     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
3981 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
3982     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
3983     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
3984     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
3985     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
3986     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
3987     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
3988     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
3989     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
3990     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
3991 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
3992     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
3993     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
3994     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
3995 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
3996     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
3997     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
3998     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
3999     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4000     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4001     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4002 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4003     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4004     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4005 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4006 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4007     will not be compiled in.
4008     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4009     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4010     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4011     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4012 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4013     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4014     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4015     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4016     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4017 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4018     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4019     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4020     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4021     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4022     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4023     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4024     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4025     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4026 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4027     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4028 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4029     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4030     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4031     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4032     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4033 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4034     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4035     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4036     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4037     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4038     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4039     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4040     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4041     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4042     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4043     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4044     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4045 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4046     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4047     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4048     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4049     takes precedence over select.
4050     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4051     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4052     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4053     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4054 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4055     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4056     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4057 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4058     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4059     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4060     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4061     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4062     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4063     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4064     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4065     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4066 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4067 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4068     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4069     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4070     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4071     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4072     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4073     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4074     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4075     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4076 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4077 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4078     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4079     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4080     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4081 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4082     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4083 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4084     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4085     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4086     access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No such
4087     type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own type
4088     that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal handler \*(L"locking\*(R"
4089     as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers.
4090     .Sp
4091 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4092 root 1.61 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4093 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_H\s0 (h)" 4
4094     .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4095 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4096 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4097     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4098 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H\s0 (h)" 4
4099     .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4100 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4101     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4102     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4103 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H\s0 (h)" 4
4104     .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4105 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4106 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4107 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES\s0 (h)" 4
4108     .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4109 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4110     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4111     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4112     around libev functions.
4113     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4114     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4115     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4116     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4117     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4118     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4119     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4120 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4121     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4122     .PD 0
4123     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4124     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4125     .PD
4126     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4127     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4128     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4129     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4130     .Sp
4131     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4132     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4133     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4134     fine.
4135     .Sp
4136 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4137     both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU\s0.
4138 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_IDLE_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_EMBED_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_STAT_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_PREPARE_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_CHECK_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_FORK_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_ASYNC_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_CHILD_ENABLE\s0." 4
4139     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4140     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4141     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4142     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4143     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4144     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4145 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4146 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4147     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4148     that can be enabled on the platform.
4149     .Sp
4150     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4151     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4152     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4153     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4154     backend, use this:
4155     .Sp
4156     .Vb 5
4157     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4158     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4159     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4160     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4161     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4162     .Ve
4163     .Sp
4164     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4165     values:
4166     .RS 4
4167     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4168     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4169     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4170     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4171     .Sp
4172     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4173     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4174     .Sp
4175     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4176     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4177     assertions.
4178     .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4179     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4180     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4181     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4182     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4183     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4184     runtime.
4185     .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4186     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4187     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4188     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4189     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4190     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4191     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4192     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4193     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4194     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4195     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4196     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4197     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4198     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4199     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4200     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4201     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4202     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4203     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4204     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4205     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4206     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4207     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4208     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4209     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4210     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4211     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4212     default.
4213     .RE
4214     .RS 4
4215     .Sp
4216     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
4217     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
4218     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
4219     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
4220     .Sp
4221     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
4222     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
4223     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
4224     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
4225     .RE
4226     .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
4227     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
4228     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
4229     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
4230     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
4231     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
4232     big.
4233     .Sp
4234     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
4235     enabled.
4236 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
4237     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
4238     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
4239     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
4240     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
4241     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
4242 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
4243 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
4244 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4245     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
4246     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4247 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
4248     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
4249     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
4250 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4251     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
4252 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4253 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
4254     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
4255     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
4256     power of two).
4257 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
4258     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
4259     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4260 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
4261     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
4262     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
4263 root 1.65 .Sp
4264 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4265     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4266 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
4267     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
4268     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4269 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
4270 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
4271     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
4272 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
4273 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
4274 root 1.65 .Sp
4275 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4276     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4277 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
4278     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
4279 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
4280 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
4281     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
4282     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
4283     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
4284     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
4285     libev considerably.
4286     .Sp
4287 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4288     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4289 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
4290     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
4291     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
4292 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
4293 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
4294     though, and it must be identical each time.
4295     .Sp
4296     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
4297     .Sp
4298     .Vb 3
4299 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
4300     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
4301     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
4302 root 1.14 .Ve
4303 root 1.19 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE\s0 (type)" 4
4304     .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
4305 root 1.14 .PD 0
4306 root 1.19 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE\s0 (watcher, revents)" 4
4307     .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
4308     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
4309     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
4310 root 1.14 .PD
4311     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
4312     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
4313 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
4314 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
4315 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
4316     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
4317 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED\s0 \s-1API\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS\s0"
4318 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
4319 root 1.68 If you need to re-export the \s-1API\s0 (e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
4320 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
4321     all public symbols, one per line:
4322 root 1.60 .PP
4323 root 1.53 .Vb 2
4324 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
4325     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
4326 root 1.53 .Ve
4327 root 1.60 .PP
4328 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
4329     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
4330 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
4331 root 1.60 .PP
4332 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
4333 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
4334 root 1.60 .PP
4335 root 1.53 .Vb 1
4336 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
4337 root 1.53 .Ve
4338 root 1.60 .PP
4339 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
4340 root 1.60 .PP
4341 root 1.53 .Vb 4
4342     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
4343     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
4344     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
4345     \& ...
4346     .Ve
4347 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
4348 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
4349     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
4350     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
4351     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
4352     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
4353     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
4354     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
4355     file.
4356 root 1.60 .PP
4357 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
4358 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
4359 root 1.60 .PP
4360 root 1.82 .Vb 8
4361     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
4362     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
4363     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
4364     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
4365     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
4366     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4367     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
4368 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
4369 root 1.60 \&
4370 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
4371 root 1.14 .Ve
4372 root 1.60 .PP
4373 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
4374 root 1.60 .PP
4375 root 1.14 .Vb 2
4376 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
4377     \& #include "ev.c"
4378 root 1.14 .Ve
4379 root 1.72 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS OR LIBRARIES"
4380     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS OR LIBRARIES"
4381 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1THREADS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1COROUTINES\s0"
4382 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
4383     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
4384 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
4385 root 1.72 .PP
4386 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
4387 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
4388     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
4389     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
4390     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
4391     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
4392 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
4393     .PP
4394     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
4395     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
4396     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
4397     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
4398     a mutex per loop).
4399     .PP
4400     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
4401     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
4402     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
4403     outside\*(R".
4404 root 1.64 .PP
4405 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
4406     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
4407 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
4408 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4409     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
4410 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
4411 root 1.64 .Sp
4412     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
4413     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
4414     .IP "\(bu" 4
4415     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
4416     .Sp
4417     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
4418     exists, but it is always a good start.
4419     .IP "\(bu" 4
4420     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
4421 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
4422 root 1.64 .Sp
4423 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
4424 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
4425     .IP "\(bu" 4
4426     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
4427 root 1.71 event loop.
4428     .Sp
4429     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
4430     (or from signal contexts...).
4431     .Sp
4432     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
4433     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
4434     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
4435     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
4436 root 1.72 .PP
4437 root 1.79 \s-1THREAD\s0 \s-1LOCKING\s0 \s-1EXAMPLE\s0
4438     .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
4439     .PP
4440     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
4441     thread than where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
4442     created/added/removed.
4443     .PP
4444     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
4445     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
4446     languages).
4447     .PP
4448     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
4449     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
4450     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
4451     .PP
4452     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
4453     .PP
4454     .Vb 6
4455     \& typedef struct {
4456     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
4457     \& ev_async async_w;
4458     \& thread_t tid;
4459     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
4460     \& } userdata;
4461     \&
4462     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
4463     \& {
4464     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
4465     \& static userdata u;
4466     \&
4467     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
4468     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4469     \&
4470     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
4471     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
4472     \&
4473     \& // now associate this with the loop
4474     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
4475     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
4476     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
4477     \&
4478     \& // then create the thread running ev_loop
4479     \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
4480     \& }
4481     .Ve
4482     .PP
4483     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
4484     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
4485     that might have been added:
4486     .PP
4487     .Vb 5
4488     \& static void
4489     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
4490     \& {
4491     \& // just used for the side effects
4492     \& }
4493     .Ve
4494     .PP
4495     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
4496     protecting the loop data, respectively.
4497     .PP
4498     .Vb 6
4499     \& static void
4500     \& l_release (EV_P)
4501     \& {
4502     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4503     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4504     \& }
4505     \&
4506     \& static void
4507     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
4508     \& {
4509     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4510     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4511     \& }
4512     .Ve
4513     .PP
4514     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
4515 root 1.82 into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
4516 root 1.79 .PP
4517     .Vb 4
4518     \& void *
4519     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
4520     \& {
4521     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
4522     \&
4523     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
4524     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
4525 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4526 root 1.79 \& l_release (EV_A);
4527     \&
4528     \& return 0;
4529     \& }
4530     .Ve
4531     .PP
4532     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
4533     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
4534     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
4535     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
4536     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
4537     watchers is very beneficial):
4538     .PP
4539     .Vb 4
4540     \& static void
4541     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
4542     \& {
4543     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4544     \&
4545     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
4546     \& {
4547     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
4548     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
4549     \& }
4550     \& }
4551     .Ve
4552     .PP
4553     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
4554     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
4555     thread to continue:
4556     .PP
4557     .Vb 4
4558     \& static void
4559     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
4560     \& {
4561     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4562     \&
4563     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4564     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
4565     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
4566     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4567     \& }
4568     .Ve
4569     .PP
4570     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
4571     event loop, you will now have to lock:
4572     .PP
4573     .Vb 2
4574     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
4575     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4576     \&
4577     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
4578     \&
4579     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4580     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
4581     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4582     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4583     .Ve
4584     .PP
4585     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
4586     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4587     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4588     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4589     .PP
4590 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
4591 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
4592 root 1.72 .PP
4593     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
4594     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
4595 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
4596 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
4597     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
4598     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
4599 root 1.64 .PP
4600 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
4601 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
4602 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
4603 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1COMPILER\s0 \s-1WARNINGS\s0"
4604 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
4605     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
4606     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
4607     scared by this.
4608     .PP
4609     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
4610     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
4611     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
4612     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
4613     .PP
4614     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
4615     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
4616     maintainable.
4617     .PP
4618     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
4619     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
4620     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
4621 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
4622 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
4623     such buggy versions.
4624     .PP
4625     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
4626     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
4627     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
4628     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
4629     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
4630 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
4631 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
4632     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
4633     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
4634     .PP
4635     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
4636     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
4637     .PP
4638     .Vb 3
4639     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
4640     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
4641     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
4642     .Ve
4643     .PP
4644     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
4645 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
4646 root 1.72 .PP
4647     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
4648     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
4649     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
4650     confused.
4651     .PP
4652     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
4653     make it into some kind of religion.
4654     .PP
4655     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
4656     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
4657     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
4658     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
4659     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
4660 root 1.60 .PP
4661 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
4662     I suggest using suppression lists.
4663     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
4664     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
4665 root 1.82 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX\s0 32 \s-1BIT\s0 \s-1LIMITATIONS\s0"
4666     .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
4667     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
4668     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
4669     .PP
4670     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
4671     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
4672     .PP
4673     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
4674     by enabling the large file \s-1API\s0, which makes them incompatible with the
4675     standard libev compiled for their system.
4676     .PP
4677     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
4678     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
4679     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
4680     .SS "\s-1OS/X\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1DARWIN\s0 \s-1BUGS\s0"
4681     .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
4682     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
4683     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
4684     OpenGL drivers.
4685     .PP
4686     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
4687     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
4688     .PP
4689     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
4690     only sockets, many support pipes.
4691     .PP
4692     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
4693     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
4694     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
4695     probably going to work well.
4696     .PP
4697     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
4698     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
4699     .PP
4700     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
4701     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
4702     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
4703     .PP
4704     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
4705     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
4706     a loop.
4707     .PP
4708     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
4709     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
4710     .PP
4711     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
4712     one up as well: On \s-1OS/X\s0, \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
4713     descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
4714     you use more.
4715     .PP
4716     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
4717     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
4718     work on \s-1OS/X\s0.
4719     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS\s0 \s-1PROBLEMS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1WORKAROUNDS\s0"
4720     .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
4721     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
4722     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
4723     .PP
4724     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
4725     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
4726     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
4727     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
4728     .PP
4729     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
4730     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
4731     .PP
4732     \fIEvent port backend\fR
4733     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
4734     .PP
4735     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
4736     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
4737     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
4738     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
4739     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
4740     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
4741     great.
4742     .PP
4743     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
4744     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
4745     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
4746     .SS "\s-1AIX\s0 \s-1POLL\s0 \s-1BUG\s0"
4747     .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
4748     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
4749     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
4750     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
4751     with large bitsets on \s-1AIX\s0, and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
4752 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1WIN32\s0 \s-1PLATFORM\s0 \s-1LIMITATIONS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1WORKAROUNDS\s0"
4753 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
4754 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
4755     .IX Subsection "General issues"
4756     .PP
4757 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
4758     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
4759     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
4760     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
4761     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
4762 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
4763     as every compielr comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
4764     environment.
4765 root 1.60 .PP
4766 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
4767 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
4768     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
4769     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
4770 root 1.65 .PP
4771 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
4772     embedding it into other applications.
4773     .PP
4774 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
4775     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
4776     .PP
4777 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
4778     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
4779     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
4780     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
4781 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
4782 root 1.68 available).
4783     .PP
4784 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
4785     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
4786     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
4787     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
4788 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
4789 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
4790 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
4791 root 1.68 .PP
4792     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
4793     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
4794     of \fIev.h\fR:
4795     .PP
4796     .Vb 2
4797     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
4798     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
4799     \&
4800     \& #include "ev.h"
4801     .Ve
4802     .PP
4803     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
4804 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
4805 root 1.68 .PP
4806     .Vb 2
4807     \& #include "evwrap.h"
4808     \& #include "ev.c"
4809     .Ve
4810 root 1.82 .PP
4811     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
4812     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
4813     .PP
4814 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
4815     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
4816     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
4817 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
4818     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
4819 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
4820     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
4821 root 1.82 .PP
4822 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
4823 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
4824 root 1.82 .PP
4825 root 1.60 .Vb 2
4826 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
4827     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
4828 root 1.60 .Ve
4829 root 1.82 .PP
4830 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
4831     complexity in the O(nA\*^X) range when using win32.
4832 root 1.82 .PP
4833     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
4834     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
4835     .PP
4836 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
4837 root 1.82 .PP
4838 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
4839     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
4840 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
4841 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
4842 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
4843 root 1.82 .PP
4844 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
4845     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
4846 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
4847     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
4848 root 1.82 .PP
4849 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
4850 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
4851     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
4852     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
4853     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
4854     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
4855     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
4856     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
4857     the cost of calling select (O(nA\*^X)) will likely make this unworkable.
4858 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY\s0 \s-1REQUIREMENTS\s0"
4859 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
4860     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
4861     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
4862 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
4863 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
4864     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
4865     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
4866     structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO\s0 C for example), but it also
4867     assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
4868     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
4869     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
4870 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
4871     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
4872     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
4873     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
4874 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
4875     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
4876     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
4877     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
4878 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
4879 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
4880     believed to be sufficiently portable.
4881     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
4882     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
4883     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
4884     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
4885     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
4886     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
4887     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
4888     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
4889     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
4890     .Sp
4891     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
4892     except the initial one, and run the default loop in the initial thread as
4893     well.
4894     .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
4895     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
4896     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
4897 root 1.72 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API\s0, libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
4898     instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
4899     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
4900     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
4901     watchers.
4902 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
4903     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
4904     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
4905     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
4906 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
4907     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
4908     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
4909     implementations using \s-1IEEE\s0 754, which is basically all existing ones. With
4910     \&\s-1IEEE\s0 754 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least 2200.
4911 root 1.65 .PP
4912     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
4913 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
4914     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
4915     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
4916     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
4917     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
4918 root 1.67 .PP
4919 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
4920     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
4921     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
4922     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
4923     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
4924     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
4925     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
4926     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
4927     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
4928     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
4929     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
4930     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
4931     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
4932     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
4933     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
4934     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
4935     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
4936     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
4937     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
4938     .PD 0
4939     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
4940     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
4941     .PD
4942     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
4943     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
4944     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
4945     is rare).
4946     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
4947     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
4948     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
4949     fixed position in the storage array.
4950     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
4951     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
4952     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
4953     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
4954     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
4955     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
4956     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
4957     .PD 0
4958     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
4959     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
4960     .PD
4961     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
4962     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
4963     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
4964     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
4965     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
4966     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
4967     .PD 0
4968     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
4969     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
4970     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
4971     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
4972     .PD
4973     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
4974     calls in the current loop iteration. Checking for async and signal events
4975     involves iterating over all running async watchers or all signal numbers.
4976 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
4977     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
4978     The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API\s0.
4979     .PP
4980     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
4981     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
4982     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
4983     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
4984     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
4985     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
4986     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
4987     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
4988     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1MACROS\s0\*(R" in \s-1PREPROCESSOR\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS\s0 in the \s-1EMBEDDING\s0
4989     section.
4990     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
4991     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
4992     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
4993     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
4994     .Sp
4995     .Vb 2
4996     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
4997     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
4998     .Ve
4999     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5000     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5001     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5002     .Sp
5003     .Vb 3
5004     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5005     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5006     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5007     \&
5008     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5009     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5010     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5011     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5012     \&
5013     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5014     \&
5015     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5016     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5017     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5018     .Ve
5019     .Sp
5020     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5021     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5022     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5023     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5024     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5025     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5026     typedef.
5027     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5028     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5029     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5030     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5031     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5032     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5033 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5034     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5035     .IP "active" 4
5036     .IX Item "active"
5037 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5038     See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0\*(R" for details.
5039 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5040     .IX Item "application"
5041     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5042 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5043     .IX Item "backend"
5044     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5045 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5046     .IX Item "callback"
5047     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5048     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5049     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5050 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5051     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5052 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5053     .IP "event" 4
5054     .IX Item "event"
5055     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5056     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5057     any other events happening anymore.
5058     .Sp
5059     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5060 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5061 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5062     .IX Item "event library"
5063     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5064     .IP "event loop" 4
5065     .IX Item "event loop"
5066     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5067     into callback invocations.
5068     .IP "event model" 4
5069     .IX Item "event model"
5070     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5071     watchers and events.
5072     .IP "pending" 4
5073     .IX Item "pending"
5074 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5075     detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0\*(R" for details.
5076 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5077     .IX Item "real time"
5078     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5079     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5080     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5081     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5082     be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when the you adjust your
5083     clock.
5084     .IP "watcher" 4
5085     .IX Item "watcher"
5086     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5087     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5088 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5089     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5090 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5091     Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta.